Emulex LP11000 Download Drivers, Utilities, Manual, Firmware and BIOS

Available 340 files for LP11000
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
x86 BootBIOS
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version BIOS
2.02a2
Size BIOS
38Kb
File Name
bb202a2.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The adapter boot BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13
system BIOS calls. The adapter Boot BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
topologies.
(2) Multi-initiators: The adapter BIOS supports up to 32 Emulex LightPulse
adapters in a system.
(3) Multi-LUNs: The adapter BIOS supports up to 256 LUNs.
(4) Multi-boot: The adapter BIOS complies with the BIOS Boot Specification
(BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): The adapter BIOS supports both the
EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1 specifications depending on the selection in the
adapter BIOS configuration utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be
configured in the adapter BIOS configuration utility. If the first boot
entry fails the system is still able to boot from the second configured
boot entry and so on.
\2.02a2.txt this file you are reading

\DB202a2.PRG Lp8000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\CB202a2.PRG Lp9000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\HB202a2.PRG Lp9802 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\TB202a2.PRG Lp10000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\BB202a2.PRG Lp11000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\QB202a2.PRG Lp850 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\RB202a2.PRG Lp952 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\LB202a2.PRG Lp982 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\MB202a2.PRG Lp1050 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\JB202a2.PRG Lp1150 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\EB202a2.PRG Lp101 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\YB202a2.PRG LPe111 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\AB202a2.PRG Lp21000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\WB202a2.PRG LPe1150 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\ZB202a2.PRG LPe11000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\UB202a2.PRG LPe12000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\OB202a2.PRG LPe1250 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\PB202a2.PRG LPe121 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2


***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

The adapter boot BIOS image has increased in size to 49K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the
problem is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc) and then download the adapter boot BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter boot BIOS is not enabled by LP6DUTIL or an Emulex O.S.
configuration utility, the adapter and the drives connected to the adapter
cannot not be configured to be used to boot the system. In addition if there is
a "No BIOS support" message displayed next to this adapter in the adapter BIOS
configuration utility the user must use LP6DUTIL or other Emulex O.S.
configuration utility to enable the adapter boot BIOS in order to allow this adapter
to be used a bootable controller by the host system.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Open Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
3.10a3
Size Driver
42Kb
File Name
bo310a3.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA
Platform: SPARC, PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 4095).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO310a3.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\DO310a3.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\CO310a3.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\HO310a3.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\MO310a3.PRG Lp1050 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\TO310a3.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\BO310a3.PRG Lp11000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\ZO310a3.PRG Lpe11000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\UO310a3.PRG LPe12000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\AO310a3.PRG LP21000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a3 ------------------------

1. Fixed the issue for the in-correct device id of (LP21000) HBA, and
cause the system fail to initialize the (LP21000) HBA during POST.
(CR75595)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a2 ------------------------
1. In some UNIX server, the HBA adapter does not get initialized when DR
is initiated, the cause of the issue is during DR operation, some
Forth word commands from Fcode can't use in HBA's device memory
instead it can only runs under system memory, and that makes the error
message "Segmentation Fault" by the system's Fcode interpreter. This
release fixed the issue by replace different methods for those Forth
word commands to make it compatible with the DR operation. (CR073924)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a1 ------------------------

1. Supported multi-Luns from 0 upto 4095, added "set-max-lun" command
to allow user to select the maxmium lun support, the default max lun
is 255. (CR29372)

2. Fixed the issue on fail to update the FC boot target when system
comes up from POST. (CR29373)

3. Fixed the issue for system hangs in scan disk if the link topology
changed after system firmware discovered the bootable lun with
a different topology. (CR29019)

4. Fixed the issue on some system will fail to init the config-port when
option command "set-post-linkup" was enabled. (CR29249)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
EFIBoot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
4.00a1
Size Driver
219Kb
File Name
be400a1.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt this file you are reading
\HE400A1.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\LE400A1.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\TE400A1.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ME400A1.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\EE400A1.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\BE400A1.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\JE400A1.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ZE400A1.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\WE400A1.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\YE400A1.PRG Lpe111 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\UE400A1.PRG Lpe12000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\OE400A1.PRG Lpe1250 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ElxCli400A1.efi

***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a4
Size Driver
303Kb
File Name
bu503a4.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Boot Code User Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.82a4
Size Firmware
292Kb
File Name
bd282a4.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA Release Notes

Date: December 2009

Product: Emulex® LightPulse® adapters: LPe11000, LPe11002, LPe11004, LPe1105, LPe1150, LP11000, LP11002, and LP1150

Version: 2.82a4 Firmware

This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.

New Features in Firmware Version 2.82a4

There are no new features in this version.

Resolved Issues Firmware Version 2.82a4

1. Adapters now handle Volatile WWN changes correctly.

2. Status, indications and configuration regions now handled properly on certain OEM models.

Known Issues Firmware Version 2.82a4

There are no known issues at this time.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Firmware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
30Kb
File Name
fw_release_notes.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA Release Notes
Date: December 2009
Product: Emulex® LightPulse® adapters: LPe11000, LPe11002, LPe11004, LPe1105, LPe1150, LP11000, LP11002, and LP1150
Version: 2.82a4 Firmware
This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in Firmware Version 2.82a4
There are no new features in this version.
Resolved Issues Firmware Version 2.82a4
1. Adapters now handle Volatile WWN changes correctly.
2. Status, indications and configuration regions now handled properly on certain OEM models.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11) and HP-UX 11.0, 64-bit only
Version Driver
4.21.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Driver
1Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_21_05-hpux11_64_lib.z
Information
HP-UX version 11.0: Base driver and lputil 2.0a14 (1055 KB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11) and HP-UX 11.0, 64-bit only
Version Driver
4.21.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Driver
1Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_21_05-hpux11i_64_lib.z
Information
HP-UX version 11.11: Base driver and lputil 2.0a14 (1075 KB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11) and HP-UX 11.0, 64-bit only
Version Manual
4.21.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Manual
923Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2
Version Driver
5.31.05
Size Driver
3.3Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-05_31_05-hpux11iv2_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a9 (3.36 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2
Version Manual
5.31.05
Size Manual
735Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Version Driver
4.31.09 (PA-RISC)
Size Driver
4.6Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_31_09-hpux11iv2.pa_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a14
(4.66 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Version Manual
4.31.09 (PA-RISC)
Size Manual
1.8Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Version Driver
5.32.03 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)
Size Driver
4.3Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-05_32_03-hpux11iv2.ia_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(4.32 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Version Manual
5.32.03 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
53203_manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1.03 MB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Version Driver
4.32.03 (PA-RISC)
Size Driver
5.2Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_32_03-hpux11iv2.pa_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(5.28 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Version Manual
4.32.03 (PA-RISC)
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
43203_manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1.04 MB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Version Driver
5.31.09 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)
Size Driver
3.8Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-05_31_09-hpux11iv2_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a14 (3.89 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Version Manual
5.31.09 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2, 64-bit only
Version Driver
4.31.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Driver
4.1Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_31_05-hpux11iv2.pa_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a9
(4.15 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv2, 64-bit only
Version Manual
4.31.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Manual
737Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)
Version Driver
6.00.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Driver
2.4Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-06_00_05-hpux11iv3.pa_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(2.44 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)
Version Manual
6.00.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)
Version Driver
6.00.05 (Integrity IA64)
Size Driver
3.6Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-06_00_05-hpux11iv3.ia_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(3.65 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)
Version Manual
6.00.05 (Integrity IA64)
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.6
Size Driver
300Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script (299 KB gz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.6
Size Driver
175.7Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-2.1a29-7.3.6-1-3.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a29, lputil 2.0a12 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a29 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a29
SSC version 2.1a29
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a12
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.6 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit for RHEL 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.6
Size Driver
10.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit for SLES 8.0
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.6
Size Driver
14.8Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovidersles8-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Manual
7.3.6
Size Manual
6Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,451 KB pdf file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.2
Size Driver
297Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.2-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script
(297 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.3 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.3 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.2
Size Driver
175.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-2.1a24-7.3.2-1-2.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a24, lputil 2.0a9 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a24 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a24
SSC version 2.1a24
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.2-1 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit RHEL
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.2
Size Driver
10.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit SLES
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.2
Size Driver
14.8Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovidersles8-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Manual
7.3.2
Size Manual
6Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,451 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.1.6.6
Size Driver
175Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.1.6.6-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (214 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Problem
3.1.3 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.16.11-7-ppc64 kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.16.11-7 package.
2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs the LPFC driver RPM. This RPM
installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfc directory, builds
the driver for the currently running kernel, and then installs the
driver to the proper directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.

3. Known Issues

3.1 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk

3.1.1 Background

In SLES10, the modules to be loaded as part of the initial ramdisk are
specified through the variable INITRD_MODULES in /etc/sysconfig/kernel. The
modules are loaded in exactly the order in which they appear in
INITRD_MODULES. This is important when starting the system via the initial
ramdisk and accessing the root file system.

The LPFC driver installation adds the "lpfc" driver in the INITRD_MODULES
list of modules at the end of the list, if the "lpfc" list entry is not
already there. If it is already present it will not make any updates.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.1.6.6
Size Driver
159.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.0a15-8.1.6.6-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.0a15, lputil 2.0a14, Application helper module 2.1.6 (163 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 3.0a15 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.0a15
SSC version 3.0a15
DFC Library version 80.162-7
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.c
DFC helper module

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.1.6.6 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

HBAnyware requires the kernel development environment as described here:

This kit installs the Emulex Application Helper Module for the
currently running kernel. Since this installation procedure builds
the module for the currently running kernel, the kernel development
environment must be installed. For systems running Red Hat Enterprise
Linux (RHEL) 4, the appropriate kernel-devel package is required; for
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the 2.6.9-22.ELsmp
kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package. For
systems running SuSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 9, the appropriate
kernel-source package is required; for example, a system with the
2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139
package.
A log of each installation and uninstallation is recorded in the
following file:

/usr/src/lpfcdfc/utils-install.log
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit for x86
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.1.6.6
Size Driver
11.7Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-sles10-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment.

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit for ia64
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.1.6.6
Size Driver
14.1Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-sles10-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment.

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.1.6.6
Size Manual
2.9Mb
File Name
manual_81.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.92 MB pdf file) Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex HBA ................................... 6
Installing the Application Helper Module and Utilities .............................................. 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Installing HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module using the
Upgrade Kernel Option...................................................................................... 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Driver Kit ................................................................................ 10
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................. 11
Uninstalling the Utilities ......................................................................................... 12
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator.......................................... 12
Uninstalling HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module ................. 12
Configuration ........................................................................................13
Introduction............................................................................................................ 13
Starting the HBAnyware Utility for Linux .......................................................... 14
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 15
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 16
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 17
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 17
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 18
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 18
Using the the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface.............................. 18
Using the CLI Client .................................................................................. 19
The CLI Client Command Reference ........................................................ 20
Starting the lputil Utility .................................................................................... 34
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.22
Size Driver
274Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.22-2.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script (273 KB gz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.22
Size Driver
198.5Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.4a14-8.2.0.22-2-2.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.4a14 (198 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 3.4a14 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.4a14
SSC version 3.4a14
DFC Library version 3.0.13-1
Lputil version
HBAAPI version 2.1.g

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.22 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.22
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.22
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
ESX 3.5 U2 lpfc Driver 7.4.0.13-2 is embedded in the VMware release.
HBAnyware Utility User Manual Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
445Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.32-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (448 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 lspci utility displays "Device 0704" for OneConnect Universal CNAs
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Adapter Initialization on SLES11 with INTx interrupt mode
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Background

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
25Kb
File Name
linux_11_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: February 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.8.x
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Resolved
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Resolved
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
(EEH).
6. VPort Log Out Issue Resolved
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Resolved
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Resolved
Corrected a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Corrected a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Corrected
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Corrected
Corrected handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Corrected
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
189.4Mb
File Name
elxocm-sles11-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (189 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
OneCommand Manager Release Notes for Linux
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
80Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
2.6Mb
File Name
linux_11.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ..................................................................................................................... 1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 2
For the ULDK .............................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit................................................................................... 3
LPFC Driver Kit Install Script Options................................................................ 4
LPFC Driver Kit Directory Structure................................................................... 4
Installing the LPFC Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions ......................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update.......... 5
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel............................... 5
Installing the Unified Linux Drivers Kit ..................................................................... 5
Uninstalling the ULDK ....................................................................................... 6
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 7
Uninstalling the LPFC Driver Kit ........................................................................ 7
Configuration ................................................................................................................. 8
LPFC Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary LPFC Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .......................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
LPFC Driver Parameters Reference Table ...................................................... 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (VPorts)........................................................................ 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying VPorts........................................................ 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The VPort Sysfs Tree ...................................................................................... 19
LPFC Driver Version 8.2.8.2x sysfs Structure.................................................. 20
VPort sysfs Entries.................................................................................... 21
VPort Configuration Limits............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
OneCommand Manager User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
5.4Mb
File Name
onecommand.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Managing Files when Running the OneCommand Manager Application
Web Launch Interface ............................................................................... 17
Using the OneCommand Manager Application ...................................................... 18
The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions ........... 18
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................. 19
The Discovery-Tree .................................................................................. 20
Discovery-Tree Icons ......................................................................... 21
Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery-Tree View ...................... 22
The Property Tabs .................................................................................... 22
The Status Bar ......................................................................................... 22
Changing Management and Read-Only Mode ........................................... 22
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
19.5Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-sles11-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (19.5 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
464Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.63-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script (468 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Workaround
3.5 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Resolution
3.10 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for OneConnect Universal CNAs
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Background
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 or later
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 or later

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
31Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
290.7Mb
File Name
elxocm-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (290 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
2.5Mb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
OneCommand Manager User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
5.4Mb
File Name
onecommand.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Managing Files when Running the OneCommand Manager Application
Web Launch Interface ............................................................................... 17
Using the OneCommand Manager Application ...................................................... 18
The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions ........... 18
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................. 19
The Discovery-Tree .................................................................................. 20
Discovery-Tree Icons ......................................................................... 21
Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery-Tree View ...................... 22
The Property Tabs .................................................................................... 22
The Status Bar ......................................................................................... 22
Changing Management and Read-Only Mode ........................................... 22
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
47Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (47 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
299Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.39-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script (299 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround
3.11 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.11.1 Observed Problem
3.11.2 Workaround
3.12 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.12.1 Observer Problem
3.12.2 Resolution

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
67Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.39 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
38.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (38.9 MB tar file)

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Fcauth version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.39 or later


HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
964Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.1

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
5.9Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-i686-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
x86 architecture (5.97 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
4.5Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-x86_64-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
x64 architecture (4.59 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
5.1Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-ia64-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Intel Itanium2 architecture (5.12 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
233Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.47-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
38Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.39-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.39-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.47 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
971Kb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.208-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.46 or later
IOCTL Module 2.0.38-1

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

A.1.2 Resolution
In such environments, HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2 must be deployed across all
servers on the SAN, as well as any other management console used for
out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the discovery tree.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
5.0.17.4
Size Utilities
26.1Mb
File Name
elxlinlpcfg-rhel4-rhel5-sles10-sles11-5.0.17.4-2.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(26.1 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Application Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
5.0.17.4
Size Utilities
63Kb
File Name
linlpcfg_release_notes.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
5.0.17.4
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
offline_utilities_manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(1.01 MB pdf file)

The Offline Utilities..................................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................1
Installation.........................................................................................................2
The WinPE Offline Utility.............................................................................2
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................2
The Linux Offline Utility...............................................................................3
Known Issues....................................................................................................3
Using the Offline Utilities...................................................................................3
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................4
Running the Offline Utilities from the Command Prompt.............................4
Offline Utility Commands...................................................................................5
Supported Commands................................................................................5
....................................................................................................................
8
Viewing the Syntax for Commands - help or ?............................................8
Resetting an Adapter - reset.......................................................................8
Running the Power-On Self-Test - posttest.................................................9
Viewing Adapter Information.............................................................................9
Viewing Emulex conventional names instead of Vital Product Data (VPD) - /c...............................................................................................................9
Viewing the Offline Utilities’ Version Information - version...........................9
Viewing Vital Product Data - vpd...............................................................10
Viewing Boot Device Info, WWN, LUN and Topology - readbootdevice.....10
Viewing BootBIOS Versions - listboot........................................................11
Viewing all Adapters in the System - listhba..............................................11
Viewing WWN of all adapters in the System - listwwn...............................12
Sample response: ....................................................................................12
Viewing Firmware Program Revisions - listrev..........................................12
Viewing Selected Configuration Numbers - readconfig.............................13
Firmware and Boot Code Download Commands.............................................13
Downloading a File - download.................................................................13
Accessing the Flash Device Directly - directdownload..............................14
World Wide Name Commands........................................................................15
Writing WWN and Updating NVPARMS - writewwn...................................15
Saving WWN data to a file - savewwn.......................................................16
Restoring WWN and Updating NVPARMS - restorewwn...........................16
Restoring NVPARMS - restorenvwwn.......................................................16
Restoring the IEEE address - restoredefwwn............................................16
Boot Code Commands....................................................................................17
Enabling or Disabling BootBIOS or boot code - enableboot/disableboot...17
Selecting a Boot Device - setbootdevice...................................................17
Read All Alternative Boot Devices - readaltboot........................................18
Selecting One or More Alternate Boot Devices - setaltboot.......................19
Configuration Commands................................................................................19
Setting the Adapter to Use Soft Jumpers or Hardware Default - jumper...19
Updating Configuration Regions - config...................................................19
Running Tests..................................................................................................20
Running the External Loopback Test - extloopback...................................20
Running the Internal Loopback Test - intloopback.....................................21
Running the PCI Loopback Test - pciloopback..........................................21
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
333Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.14-1.tar.gz
Information
SLES 11 (x86 Intel,x86-64 AMD & Intel)
Base driver and install script (333 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
30Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver (31 KB)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
170.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.8.14-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (170 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.1.12-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 2.5-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.8.14 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.14
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual (1.64 MB pdf file)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.14
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
452Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.48.2p-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround
3.11 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.11.1 Observed Problem
3.11.2 Workaround
3.12 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.12.1 Observer Problem
3.12.2 Resolution

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
147Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver (147 KB)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: 8.2.0.39
This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.0.39
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters.
2. (10 Gb/s capable)
Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters.
3. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable)
Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of master kit.
4. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information.
5.
Adds the ability to control I/O queue depth based on the I/O completion time.
Adds interfaces via the sysfs filesystem to update speed and topology parameters without
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.0.39
requiring link bounce.
1. A CEE firmware upgrade with a Converged Network Adapter (CNA) did not work properly. This discovery issue has been resolved.
2. The firmware diagnostic dump process took too long to complete. This logging issue has been resolved.
3. Loopback tests failed on CNAs. This loopback mode issue has been resolved.
4. Echo tests failed when NPIV was enabled.This issue has been resolved.
5. Emulex HBAs potentially could not initialize properly when used in Virtualized Environments with SFPT (Storage Fixed Pass through) or Direct I/O. This potential issue has been resolved.
6. The RSCN address format was not handled properly. This event qualifier issue has been resolved.
7. The Emulex LPFC driver used the mdelay function in the IOCTL process path. The driver was updated to use the msleep function instead.
8. The HBAnyware Security Configurator could not communicate with certain servers. This issue was resolved by increasing internal buffers to support 40KB SSC sequences.
9. Updates to the WWN via management utilities were taking effect immediately. This issue was resolved by allowing the updates to take effect after a (warm) system reboot.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.48.2p-1-1.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.48.2p or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
289Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.33.3p-1.tar.gz
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.33.3p-1-1.tar
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support the Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, SUSE SLES 11 (x86 Intel,x86-64 AMD & Intel architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.19-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.33.3p or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.1.10.12
Size Driver
190Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.1.10.12-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs the LPFC driver RPM. This RPM
installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfc directory, builds
the driver for the currently running kernel, and then installs the
driver to the proper directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
3. Known Issues

3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications

3.1.1 Observed problem

PCI Hot Plug has been found to cause applications (HBAnyware utilities or
third party applications) that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI), to
misbehave or malfunction.

3.1.2 Workaround

A user should stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI
interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before
performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA.

Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application:
#/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware

After performing PCI Hot Plug of the HBA you can restart the applications.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.1.10.12
Size Driver
207.2Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.2a16-8.1.10.12-1-2.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.2a16, lputil 2.0a14

HBAnyware 3.2a16 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.2a16
SSC version 3.2a16
DFC Library version 2.15.1007-1-1
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.e

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.1.10.12 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.1.10.12
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
233Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.46-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
28Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.46-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.38-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.36-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.46 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.46
Size Manual
950Kb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.46
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
231Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.44-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.36-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support the Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HB HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.36-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.44 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.44 or later
IOCTL Module 2.0.36-1

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

A.1.2 Resolution
In such environments, HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2 must be deployed across all
servers on the SAN, as well as any other management console used for
out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the discovery tree.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.40
Size Driver
227Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.40-2.tar.gz
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.40
Size Driver
196.5Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.4a16-8.0.16.40-1-2.tar
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
This module is now packaged in the Applications kit provided above.

HBAnyware 3.4a16 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.4a16
SSC version 3.4a16
DFC Library version 80.164-8
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30
IOCTL module: 2.0.30_x1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.40 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.40
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.40
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.34
Size Driver
187.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.3a20-8.0.16.34-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.3a20, lputil 2.0a14, Application helper module 2.0.24

HBAnyware 3.3a20 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.3a20
SSC version 3.3a20
DFC Library version 80.164-2
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.d_1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.34 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.34
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.34
Size Manual
3.1Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
lputil Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.34
Size Manual
329Kb
File Name
lputil.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
lputil Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing lputil .......................................................................................................... 1
Starting lputil............................................................................................................ 2
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................... 4
Viewing HBA Information......................................................................................... 4
Resetting an HBA .................................................................................................... 5
Updating an HBA’s Firmware or Boot Code ............................................................. 5
Enabling or Disabling Boot Code ............................................................................. 6
Downloading PCI Configuration............................................................................... 7
Setting Up Persistent Binding (Solaris Only)............................................................ 7
Using the Command Line Interface ......................................................................... 9
Examples of lputil Commands................................................................... 11

Introduction
The LightPulse® diagnostic utility (lputil) for Linux and Solaris is a console application that enables you
to manage local Emulex® host bus adapters (HBAs).
Use lputil to do any of the following:
• Discover HBAs
• View HBA information
• Reset HBAs
• Update firmware or boot code on the local HBA
• Enable or disable the boot code on the HBA
• Download PCI Configuration
• Set Up Persistent Binding (Solaris only)
• Use the Command Line Interface (CLI)
Prerequisites
Before using lputil, ensure the following prerequisites are met:
• The Emulex driver is installed.
• The lputil utility is installed.
• If you are updating firmware, the firmware file is downloaded to a local drive. Firmware versions
differ between HBA versions. Make sure you have downloaded the appropriate firmware for your
HBA.
• I/O activity on the bus is quieted.
• Any software that relies on the HBA to be available is stopped or paused.
Installing lputil
To install lputil:
1. Download the lputil.tar file from the Emulex Web site to a directory on a local drive on the server.
2. Untar the contents of the lputil.tar file.
3. Run the lputil installation script.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.32
Size Driver
222Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.32-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.32
Size Driver
197.7Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.2a7-8.0.16.32-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.2a7, lputil 2.0a14, Application helper module 2.0.20

HBAnyware 3.2a7 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.2a7
SSC version 3.2a7
DFC Library version 80.163-11
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.d
DFC helper module

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.32 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

HBAnyware requires the kernel development environment as described here:

This kit installs the Emulex Application Helper Module for the
currently running kernel. Since this installation procedure builds
the module for the currently running kernel, the kernel development
environment must be installed. For systems running Red Hat Enterprise
Linux (RHEL) 4, the appropriate kernel-devel package is required; for
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the 2.6.9-22.ELsmp
kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package. For
systems running SuSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 9, the appropriate
kernel-source package is required; for example, a system with the
2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139
package.
A log of each installation and uninstallation is recorded in the
following file:

/usr/src/lpfcdfc/utils-install.log
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.32
Size Manual
3.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
214Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.27-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
187.2Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.0a14-8.0.16.27-1-3.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.0a14, lputil 2.0a13, Application helper module 2.0.15 (187 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (x86)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
12.4Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-rhel4-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (ia64)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
14.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-rhel4-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit Server 9 (x86)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
12.6Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-sles9-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (x86)

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit Server 9 (ia64)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
13.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-sles9-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (ia64)

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.27
Size Manual
3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
260Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.17-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Release Notes
3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
3.3 Kernel Upgrade
3.4 Changing Target Timeout
3.4.1 Background
3.4.2 Observed Problem
3.4.3 Workaround
3.5 Machine Check Exception
3.5.1 Observed problem
3.5.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9

2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Release Notes

3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-5.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-5.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-5.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-5.EL
package.

3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
165.4Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-2.1a25-8.0.16.17-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a25, lputil 2.0a9 (169 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a25 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a25
SSC version 2.1a25
DFC Library version 80.161-5
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.1.a

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.17 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Application helper module
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
202Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_ioctl_module_kit-2.0.9-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Use this file only with the RHEL 4 Update 2 or SLES9 SP3 distributions, which contain the 8.0.16.17 driver -- do not use with the driver kit above

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Release Notes
3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC Application Helper Module:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP2

2. Description of Changes

The ioctl-install script installs the LPFC Application Helper
Module RPM. This RPM installs the module sources to the
/usr/src/lpfcdfc directory, builds the module for the currently
running kernel, and then installs the module to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the 'elxlpfc' init script is installed
and configured to start and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system
startup and shutdown.

3. Release Notes

3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the Application Helper Module build to succeed.
For example, a system with the 2.6.9-6.37.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-6.37.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-6.37.ELsmp kernel would need the
kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-6.37.EL package.

3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the Application Helper Module build to succeed.
For example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.166-bigsmp kernel would need
the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.166 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit RHEL
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
10.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit SLES
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
11Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovidersles9-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.17
Size Manual
2.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a17
Size Utilities
7.3Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a17.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(7.36 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
1.0a17
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a14
Size Utilities
2.8Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a14.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(2.89 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
1.0a14
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a11
Size Utilities
2.8Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a11.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
285Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.29-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (288 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25_x2-1-2
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Fcauth version 1.17-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later


HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
309Kb
File Name
install_lp11000.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA Introduction .................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features ...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility ..................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers ....................................................................................................................................3
Installing the Host Bus Adapter ...................................................................................................................4
Attaching Media ..........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power ...........................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs ...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results ........................................................................................................6
References .................................................................................................................................................7
Specifications ................................................................................................................................7
FCC and Regulatory Notices ..........................................................................................................8
Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................................................................9
Laser Safety Notice ......................................................................................................................11

Introduction
The Emulex® LP11000 host bus adapter (HBA) is a single-channel, 4-gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) PCI-X 2.0 HBA. The core technology of this HBA is Emulex’s seventh generation FC
controller. The controller incorporates a multi-function native PCI-X 2.0 core that is compliant to the
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) and PCI-X local bus specifications. The HBA supports burst
data transfers up to 266-megahertz (MHz) PCI-X Mode 2, 133 MHz PCI-X Mode 1, or 66 MHz PCI. The
fully featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.
Major Features
• Multi-function PCI-X device with one FC port
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCI-X 2.0 FC controller with one internal processor
• Complies with the PCI-X 2.0a and PCI 3.0 specifications for 3.3-V add-in cards
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCI-X and FC functionality is contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processor with instruction and data cache
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb core
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LP11000 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connection with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802 and LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware:
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 2047 concurrent exchanges
•I/O multiplexing down to the FC frame level
• Data buffers are capable of supporting 64+ buffer-to-buffer (BB) credits for short-wave
applications
• Link management and recovery are handled by the firmware
• On-board diagnostic capability is accessible via optional connection
• Parts and construction are compliant to the European Union Directive of Restriction of
Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI-X 2.0
Max Bus Speed 266 MHz
Product Type HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
User Manual for Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Operating Systems
Manual
Version Manual
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Manual
2.4Mb
File Name
windows_drivers.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
User manual for Emulex drivers for Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
New in This Release ......................................................................................... 2
Minimum Software Requirements...................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Storport Miniport Driver Information ......................................................................... 2
FC and FCoE Driver .......................................................................................... 2
iSCSI Driver ...................................................................................................... 3
NDIS Miniport Ethernet (NIC) Driver.................................................................. 3
Driver Kit Installer Overview .................................................................................... 4
Files Installed by the Driver Kit Installer............................................................. 4
AutoPilot Installer Overview..................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ............................................................................... 5
Text-Only Installation ......................................................................................... 5
Installing the Driver Kit............................................................................................. 6
Starting Installers from a Command Prompt or Script .............................................. 6
Running a Software Installation Interactively ........................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation or Driver and Utility Update ..................................... 8
Software-First Installation ................................................................................ 10
Utility-Only Update .......................................................................................... 10
Diagnostics...................................................................................................... 12
Performing an Unattended Installation................................................................... 12
Driver Kit Installer Command Line Parameters ...................................................... 13
Configuring an AutoPilot Installer Kit ..................................................................... 14
AutoPilot Installer Command Line Parameters ................................................ 15
Command Line Parameter Settings .......................................................... 15
Configuration File Location ....................................................................... 16
Software Configuration Parameters .......................................................... 17
AutoPilot Configuration File ............................................................................. 20
Configuration Identification [AUTOPILOT.ID]............................................. 21
Software Configuration [AUTOPILOT.CONFIG] ........................................ 21
Configuration Prompts/Vendor-Specific Questions
[STORPORT.CONFIGURATION] .............................................................. 21
QFE Checks [STORPORT.QFES] ............................................................. 23
Setting Up FC Driver Parameters [STORPORT.PARAMS] ........................ 23
Setting Up System Parameters [SYSTEM.PARAMS]................................ 23
AutoPilot Installer Exit Codes .......................................................................... 24
AutoPilot Installer Installation Reports....................................................... 25
Command Script Example......................................................................... 25
Manual Installation and Updating Procedures ....................................................... 27
Manually Installing or Updating the Emulex Protocol Drivers .......................... 27
Installing the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver for the First Time ................. 27
Updating the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver ............................................. 28
Installing or Updating the FC Storport Miniport Driver ............................... 28
Installing or Updating the iSCSI Driver ...................................................... 29
Installing or Updating the NIC Driver ......................................................... 30
Installing the Driver Utilities ............................................................................. 31
OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Procedures .............................. 31
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Troubleshooting and Maintenance Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
for Emulex OneConnect and LightPulse Adapters Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Driver
2.20e
Size Driver
59Kb
File Name
nw220e.zip
Information
Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.20e September 30, 2005
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.20e version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 3 (NW65SP3)
- NetWare 6.0 with Support Pack 5 (NW6SP5 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Support Pack 7 (NW51SP7)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Support Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Manual
2.20e
Size Manual
429Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Driver
2.21d
Size Driver
65Kb
File Name
nw221d.zip
Information
Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.21d August 10, 2006
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.21d version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 5 (NW65SP5)
- NetWare 6.0 with Support Pack 5 (NW6SP5 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Support Pack 8 (NW51SP8)
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe111 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Manual
2.21d
Size Manual
484Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.21d August 10, 2006
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.21d version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 5 (NW65SP5)
- NetWare 6.0 with Support Pack 5 (NW6SP5 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Support Pack 8 (NW51SP8)
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe111 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
NetWare 6.5
Version Driver
2.22a
Size Driver
66Kb
File Name
nw222a-1c.zip
Information
Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.22a January 24, 2008
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.22a version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 6.5 (and is compatible with 5.1 and 6.0, though
there is no official support). It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 7 (NW65SP7)
- NetWare 6.0 is not supported at this time; use at own risk and NW60SP6
- NetWare 5.1 is not supported at this time; use at own risk and NW51SP8
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c
to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LPe12000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LPe1250 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LPe121 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe111 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
NetWare 6.5
Version Manual
2.22a
Size Manual
499Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Utilities
30.2Mb
File Name
solaris-4.1a37-1.03h-1a.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware version 4.1a37, emlxadm version 1.03h and emlxdrv version 1.00m for SPARC

HBAnyware 4.1a37 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.40 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.03h or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run
under earlier versions.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS versions are Solaris 5.10 and 5.11.

HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.1a37-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.1a37-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Release Notes for the Driver and FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
32Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver and FCA utilities

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Release Notes for HBAnyware
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
70Kb
File Name
solaris_release_notes.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: October 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the SFS FCA Driver (Solaris Leadville Driver)
Version: 4.1
This document describes the new features, resolved issues and known issues associated with this utility build
release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require
additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Technical Support representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility no longer crashes or aborts when attempting to view a large LUN
configuration.
2. LUNs greater than 127 are now counted correctly. Previously, LUNs up to 255 could be
configured, but only LUNS 129 – 240 were displayed.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
2. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
3. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range, not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
4. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
5. NPIV setting is volatile if enabled through the Host Driver Parameters tab
If you enable the NPIV Driver Parameter through the Host Driver Parameters tab for a host with LP21000
or LP21002 adapters, this parameter will not be enabled after a reboot.
Workaround: Enable NPIV through the port driver parameters tab for each of the HBA ports. To enable
the NPIV parameter for LP21000 & LP21002 adapters:
1. From the discovery-tree, select a port.
2. Select the Driver Parameters tab.
3. Highlight enable-npiv.
4. Select Enabled.
5. Click Reset HBA Port to reset the HBA.
6. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
6. The Virtual Ports tab may report erroneous NPIV Information.
When the enable-NPIV driver parameter is disabled, the Virtual Ports tab may erroneously report, “The
fabric switch does not support virtual ports” whether the switch supports NPIV or not.
Workaround: To accurately determine if the switch supports NPIV, either:
Enable the enable-NPIV driver parameter using the HBAnyware utility. To enable the enable-NPIV
parameter:
1. Select your host from the discovery tree.
2. Select the Host Driver Parameters tab.
3. Highlight enable-npiv.
4. Select Enabled.
5. From the discovery-tree, select a port that is connected to the switch.
6. Click Reset HBA Port to reset the HBA.
7. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
When the enable-npiv or EnableNPIV parameter is enabled, the message, “The fabric switch does not
support virtual ports” appears only if the switch actually does not support NPIV.
Or
Refer to your switch documentation or manufacturer to determine if the switch supports NPIV.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
solarissfs.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Introduction................................................................................................................... 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Solaris SFS FCA (emlxs) Driver ......................................................... 4
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 10 and OpenSolaris
(SPARC, x64 and x86) ...................................................................................... 4
Utilities..................................................................................................................... 4
The HBAnyware Utility ................................................................................ 4
The emlxadm Utility..................................................................................... 5
The emlxdrv Utility ...................................................................................... 5
Installing the FCA Utilities and the HBAnyware Utility ....................................... 5
Installing or Updating the FCA Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script ........ 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility, Web Launch and Security Configurator.... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility .................................................................. 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch ...................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ................................ 9
Installing or Updating the Utilities Package Manually .................................. 9
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ............................. 10
Removing the Utilities Package Manually ................................................. 11
Configuration and Migration......................................................................................... 12
Introduction............................................................................................................ 12
Changing Driver Properties Using the emlxs.conf File........................................... 12
Enabling NPIV Support on Solaris 10.............................................................. 12
Enabling NPIV Support on OpenSolaris .......................................................... 13
NPIV Configuration Limits ......................................................................... 13
NPIV and OS Virtualization ....................................................................... 13
Using VPorts with Logical Domains, Containers and xVM......................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication Driver Properties ...................................................... 15
Configuring Target Mode Support for OpenSolaris ................................................ 15
Emulex SFS FCA Driver Properties ....................................................................... 15
The Configuration File (emlxs.conf) .......................................................... 15
Migrating from the Solaris LPFC Driver to the Solaris emlxs Driver....................... 22
Operational Behaviors of the emlxs Driver ...................................................... 22
Use Cases....................................................................................................... 22
Sample Script File Details ............................................................................... 23
start_emlxs_migration.sh ......................................................................... 23
finish_emlxs_migration.sh......................................................................... 24
Migrating a Configuration without FC Boot ...................................................... 24
Migrating Automatically ............................................................................. 24
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 24
Procedures................................................................................................ 25
Migrating a Configuration with FC Boot ........................................................... 27
Prerequisite............................................................................................... 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Solaris emlxs and Solaris LPFC Driver Properties Cross-Reference Table ..... 30
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
808Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Command Usage ...................................................................................... 14
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 30
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 30
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 30
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 32
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33
Command Usage ...................................................................................... 33
This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Utilities
21.8Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a33-1.02k-1a.tar
Information
The Solaris 10 FCA Utilities kit below is intended for use with systems NOT running EMC's PowerPath application. It contains support for Emulex NPIV Virtual HBA Architecture, and NPIV can not coexist with PowerPath on Solaris based systems. Also Note: Part of the utility package includes an emlxu_remove script. If you run this script, it will invoke a Sun utility that asks "do you want to continue". Since emlxu_remove can not communicate with the Sun owned utility, a "no" answer is ignored.
HBAnyware version 4.0a33, emlxadm version 1.02k for x64 and x86

HBAnyware 4.0a33 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.31 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02k or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Utilities
21.8Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a33-1.02k-1a.tar
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware version 4.0a33, emlxadm version 1.02k and emlxdrv version 1.00m for SPAR

HBAnyware 4.0a33 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.31 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02k or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Utilities
2.30j (x64 and x86)
Size Utilities
18Mb
File Name
solaris-3.4a14-1.02d-1a.tar
Information
HBAnyware version 3.4a14, emlxadm version 1.02d for x64 and x86

HBAnyware 3.4a14 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.30h or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02d or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.4a14-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.4a14-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Manual
2.30j (x64 and x86)
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Manual
2.30j (x64 and x86)
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Instuctions for using the HBAnyware utility Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Manual
2.30j (x64 and x86)
Size Manual
863Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Utilities
2.21h (x64 and x86)
Size Utilities
17.9Mb
File Name
solaris-3.3a23-1.02a-1c.tar
Information
HBAnyware version 3.3a23, emlxadm version 1.02a for x64 and x86

HBAnyware 3.3a23 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.21a or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02a or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.3a23-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.3a23-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Manual
2.21h (x64 and x86)
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
manual_221.pdf
Information
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver (1.45 MB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Manual
2.21h (x64 and x86)
Size Manual
3.1Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Instuctions for using the HBAnyware utility

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Manual
2.21h (x64 and x86)
Size Manual
866Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Utilities
2.20k (x64 and x86)
Size Utilities
31Mb
File Name
solaris-3.2a15-1.01c-1a.tar
Information
HBAnyware version 3.2a15, emlxadm version 1.01c for x64 and x86 (31 MB tar file)
Note - Instructions for using the utilities are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.

HBAnyware 3.2a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 1.20f or later for Solaris 8 and 9 (provided by Sun)
SUNWemlxs driver 2.20f or later for Solaris 10 and later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.01c or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependant on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Manual
2.20k (x64 and x86)
Size Manual
4.3Mb
File Name
manual_220.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 1
Compatibility ............................................................................................................ 1
Known Issues .......................................................................................................... 2
Minimum Driver for Firmware Installation on LPe11000 and LPe11002 HBAs... 2
Special Circumstances for Installing Solaris SFS Driver Version 2.12 or later ... 2
Installing the Solaris SFS Driver ............................................................................................. 3
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 8 or 9 .......................................... 3
Method 1: Using the Install_it Script (recommended) ....................................... 3
Method 2: Using Individual Patches .................................................................. 3
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 10 (Sparc, X64 and x86) ............. 4
Installing the FCA Utilities and the HBAnyware Utility.......................................................... 5
Unpacking the Utility Files ....................................................................................... 5
Installing the FCA Utilities........................................................................................ 5
Installing or Updating the FCA Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script............... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility, Web Launch and Security Configurator ................ 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 8
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 9
Installing or Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................ 9
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ................................... 10
Removing the Utilities Package Manually........................................................ 11
Configuration .......................................................................................12
Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 12
Driver Parameters ................................................................................................. 13
Solaris SFS and lpfc Driver Parameter Cross-Reference Table ............................. 14
Using the HBAnyware Utility ................................................................................................. 18
Starting the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 18
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .................................................................. 18
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator ...................................................... 18
Prerequisites ................................................................................................... 18
Procedure........................................................................................................ 18
Starting the HBAnyware Utility from the Command Line.................................. 19
Changing Management Mode................................................................................ 19
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions.............................................. 20
The Menu Bar.................................................................................................. 20
The Toolbar ..................................................................................................... 20
The Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................................ 21
The Discovery-Tree ......................................................................................... 21
Property Tabs .................................................................................................. 22
Status Bar........................................................................................................ 22
Using the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface .......................................... 22
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 23
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 38
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 39
Sorting HBAs ......................................................................................................... 40
Sorting by Host Name ..................................................................................... 40
Sorting by Fabric Address ............................................................................... 40
Sorting Local HBAs Only ....................................................................................... 40
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Utilities
2.12d (x64 and x86)
Size Utilities
226Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.01a-i386.tar
Information
emlxadm version 1.01a for x64 and x86 (226 KB tar file)
Note - Instructions for using the utilities are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Manual
2.12d (x64 and x86)
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual_212.pdf
Information
Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 1
Compatibility ............................................................................................................ 1
Known Issues .......................................................................................................... 2
Minimum Driver for Firmware Installation on LPe11000 and LPe11002 HBAs... 2
Special Circumstances for Installing Solaris SFS Driver Version 2.12 or later ... 2
Installing the Solaris SFS Driver ............................................................................................. 3
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 8 or 9 .......................................... 3
Method 1: Using the Install_it Script (recommended) ....................................... 3
Method 2: Using Individual Patches .................................................................. 3
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 10 (Sparc, X64 and x86) ............. 4
Installing the FCA Utilities....................................................................................................... 5
Installing or Updating the FCA Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script ..................... 5
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 5
Procedure.......................................................................................................... 5
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script............................................ 6
Installing or Updating the Utilities Package Manually............................................... 7
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 7
Procedure.......................................................................................................... 7
Removing the Utilities Package Manually ................................................................ 8
Configuration .........................................................................................9
Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 9
Solaris SFS and lpfc Driver Parameter Cross-Reference Table ............................. 10
Using the emlxadm Utility ..................................................................................................... 14
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ............................................................................. 14
Interactive Mode (emlxadm) ............................................................................ 14
CLI Mode (emlxadm) ....................................................................................... 15
Command Descriptions (emlxadm)........................................................................ 16
get_num_devs................................................................................................. 16
get_dev_list ..................................................................................................... 17
get_logi_params ................................................................................ 18
get_host_params............................................................................................. 18
get_sym_pname.............................................................................................. 19
set_sym_pname <"string">.............................................................................. 19
get_sym_nname.............................................................................................. 19
set_sym_nname <"string">.............................................................................. 19
dev_login ........................................................................................... 19
dev_logout ........................................................................................ 20
get_state ........................................................................................... 20
dev_remove ...................................................................................... 20
link_status ........................................................................................... 20
get_fcode_rev ................................................................................................. 20
download_fcode ............................................................................ 21
get_fw_rev....................................................................................................... 21
download_fw ................................................................................. 21
get_boot_rev ................................................................................................... 22
download_boot ............................................................................. 22
get_dump_size ................................................................................................ 22
force_dump ..................................................................................................... 22
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 x64 and x86
Version Driver
2.12d (x64 and x86)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.02h
Size Driver
12Mb
File Name
solaris-2.1a18-6.02h-1a.tar
Information
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

HBAnyware 2.1a18 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.02c, or later
hbaapi 2.0e

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Copy the HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz file to a directory on the install machine
3. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
4. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz
5. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar
6. Run the pkgadd routine: pkgadd -d .
7. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02h
Size Manual
2.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.02h
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00n-sparc.tar
Information
emlxadm version 1.00r and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02h
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.02g
Size Driver
12Mb
File Name
solaris-2.1a18-6.02g-1a.tar
Information
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

HBAnyware 2.1a18 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.02c, or later
hbaapi 2.0e

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Copy the HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz file to a directory on the install machine
3. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
4. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz
5. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar
6. Run the pkgadd routine: pkgadd -d .
7. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02g
Size Manual
2.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.02g
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00m-sparc.tar
Information
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Note This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 4.0a37, emlxdrv utility 1.00m; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1

HBAnyware 4.0a37 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfc driver 6.30g or later
hbaapi 2.0.f
Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the Java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included
in the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin,
then include this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. The HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

HBAnyware is dependent on the Emulex lpfc driver being installed. Please ensure that this package is
installed prior to installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a37-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a37-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Execute the command: /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02g
Size Manual
609Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.02f
Size Driver
12Mb
File Name
solaris-2.1a18-6.02f-1a.tar
Information
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

This kit contains the following components:

lpfc-6.02f-sparc.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Solaris Driver
EmlxApps300a39-Solaris.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/solframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a39-Solaris.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02f
Size Manual
2.7Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2,727 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.02f
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00m-sparc.tar
Information
emlxadm version 1.00q and emlxdrv version 1.00j for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (77 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02f
Size Manual
609Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8
Version Utilities
1.20gx7 (SPARC)
Size Utilities
31Mb
File Name
solaris-3.2a15-1.01c-1a.tar
Information
HBAnyware version 3.2a15, emlxadm version 1.01c and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC

HBAnyware 3.2a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 1.20f or later for Solaris 8 and 9 (provided by Sun)
SUNWemlxs driver 2.20f or later for Solaris 10 and later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.01c or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependant on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 8
Version Driver
1.20gx7 (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8
Version Manual
1.20gx7 (SPARC)
Size Manual
3.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 8
Version Driver
1.20gx7 (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note Instructions for using the utilities and the sample migration scripts, as well as inustructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver, are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.21f
Size Driver
21.5Mb
File Name
solaris-3.4a15-6.21f-1a.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.4a15, emlxdrv utility 1.00l; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1

HBAnyware 3.4a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.21a, emlxsdriver 2.20a, or later
hbaapi 2.0.f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on a driver being installed, so install lpfcdriver or emlxsdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.4a15-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.4a15-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/emulex/hbanyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21f
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual (1.58 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21f
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.21f
Size Utilities
212Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.01a-sparc.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
emlxadm version 1.01a and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21f
Size Manual
863Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Instructions for using emlxdrv

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.20j
Size Driver
21.5Mb
File Name
solaris-3.3a19-6.20j-1b.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.3a22 and lputil 2.0a13 (21.5 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Solaris 10 Update 1 behavior change -- must read before downloading driver
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.20j
Size Driver
25Kb
File Name
lpfc_100_rbyd.pdf
Information
Solaris 10 Updates and the lpfc
Driver
The behavior of the Solaris operating system changes beginning with Solaris 10 Update 1 (also referred
to as Solaris 10 1/06 release). Starting with this version, a bare-metal installation of the operating system
automatically discovers all SFS-recognized HBAs (Sun-branded, Emulex, or EMC-branded) and binds
them to the “emlxs” SFS driver. A subsequent installation of lpfc will not discover and bind these HBAs;
you must use the emlxdrv utility to unbind the HBAs from the SFS driver as described in this document.

Note: You do not need to follow the procedure described in this document in the following
circumstances:
• If the server contains any Sun-branded HBAs, which are recognized
and supported only by the emlxs driver and not by the lpfc driver; you
must use the emlxs driver on all HBAs.
• If you installed an earlier version of Solaris and bound the HBAs to the
lpfc driver; updating to Solaris 10 Update 1 (or later) by applying
patches will not unbind the HBAs from the lpfc driver.

Prerequisites:
• SPARC platform
• Solaris 10 Update 1 or later installed on a local drive
• Sun released patch 120222-06 or later installed
• Emulex® FCA utility version 1.00m (which includes emlxdrv 1.00j for SPARC) or later installed
(see the Emulex FCA Utilities Reference Manual for installation instructions)
• Emulex lpfc driver not yet installed
To unbind the HBAs from the SFS driver, do the following:
1. Start the emlxdrv utility as described in the Emulex FCA Utilities Reference Manual.
2. Type the following command at the emlxdrv prompt:
clear_all
This unbinds from emlxs all HBAs that are recognized by both emlxs and lpfc drivers.
3. Exit the emlxdrv utility by typing the following:
q
Install the lpfc driver as instructed in the documentation that accompanies the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Manual LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.20j
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
HBAnyware Manual Utility User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.20j
Size Manual
3.1Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
lputil Manual lputil Utility User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.20j
Size Manual
329Kb
File Name
lputil.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing lputil .......................................................................................................... 1
Starting lputil............................................................................................................ 2
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................... 4
Viewing HBA Information......................................................................................... 4
Resetting an HBA .................................................................................................... 5
Updating an HBA’s Firmware or Boot Code ............................................................. 5
Enabling or Disabling Boot Code ............................................................................. 6
Downloading PCI Configuration............................................................................... 7
Setting Up Persistent Binding (Solaris Only)............................................................ 7
Using the Command Line Interface ......................................................................... 9
Examples of lputil Commands................................................................... 11

Introduction
The LightPulse® diagnostic utility (lputil) for Linux and Solaris is a console application that enables you
to manage local Emulex® host bus adapters (HBAs).
Use lputil to do any of the following:
• Discover HBAs
• View HBA information
• Reset HBAs
• Update firmware or boot code on the local HBA
• Enable or disable the boot code on the HBA
• Download PCI Configuration
• Set Up Persistent Binding (Solaris only)
• Use the Command Line Interface (CLI)
Prerequisites
Before using lputil, ensure the following prerequisites are met:
• The Emulex driver is installed.
• The lputil utility is installed.
• If you are updating firmware, the firmware file is downloaded to a local drive. Firmware versions
differ between HBA versions. Make sure you have downloaded the appropriate firmware for your
HBA.
• I/O activity on the bus is quieted.
• Any software that relies on the HBA to be available is stopped or paused.
Installing lputil
To install lputil:
1. Download the lputil.tar file from the Emulex Web site to a directory on a local drive on the server.
2. Untar the contents of the lputil.tar file.
3. Run the lputil installation script.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.20j
Size Utilities
212Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.01a-sparc.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
emlxadm version 1.01a and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.11cx2
Size Driver
24.1Mb
File Name
solaris-3.1a12-6.11cx2-1a.tar
Information
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.1a12 and lputil 2.0a13

HBAnyware 3.1a12 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.11c, emlxsdriver 2.20a, or later
hbaapi 2.0f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on a driver being installed, so install lpfcdriver or emlxsdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.1a12-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.1a12-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.11cx2
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.11cx2
Size Utilities
212Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.01a-sparc.tar
Information
emlxadm version 1.01a and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.10gx2
Size Driver
20Mb
File Name
solaris-3.0a17-6.10gx2-1a.tar
Information
Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.0a17 and lputil 2.0a13

HBAnyware 3.0a17 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.10b, or later
hbaapi 2.0f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.0a17-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.0a17-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.10gx2
Size Manual
3.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.10gx2
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00n-sparc.tar
Information
Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
emlxadm version 1.00r and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.10gx2
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 9
Version Utilities
1.20gx8 (SPARC)
Size Utilities
31Mb
File Name
solaris-3.2a15-1.01c-1a.tar
Information
HBAnyware version 3.2a15, emlxadm version 1.01c and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC

HBAnyware 3.2a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 1.20f or later for Solaris 8 and 9 (provided by Sun)
SUNWemlxs driver 2.20f or later for Solaris 10 and later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.01c or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependant on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 9
Version Driver
1.20gx8 (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 9
Version Manual
1.20gx8 (SPARC)
Size Manual
3.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note Instructions for using the utilities and the sample migration scripts, as well as inustructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver, are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 9
Version Driver
1.20gx8 (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note Instructions for using the utilities and the sample migration scripts, as well as inustructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver, are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP11000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Driver
25.5Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a37-6.30g-1b.tar
Information
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Note This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 4.0a37, emlxdrv utility 1.00m; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1

HBAnyware 4.0a37 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfc driver 6.30g or later
hbaapi 2.0.f
Java Runtime Environm